morris samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · morris...
TRANSCRIPT
Year 7
Spring 2 Knowledge Organiser
Alan Sillitoe
House Colour Yellow
Samuels had lived all his life in St Anns and was known in his community He commanded respect More
importantly though Samuels was an ex-footballer He had played for the Notts County junior team and gone on to
make a career with semi-professional Ilkeston Town until age and injury caught up with him
No one was doing anything to tackle gang crime he says Youth clubs and table tennis dont work with guns and
knives And the police just didnt get it So I came up with a simple plan to form a football team from members of
all three rival gangs I believed that if I could get them playing football together there was a chance they would
start talking to one another And once they were talking to each other anything was possible
Samuels called his team Unity and started recruiting players by going down to each of the three estates to try to
persuade gang members to give it a go By 2005 he had 24 lsigned up ndash 13 from the Meadows six from St Anns and
the rest from Radford I wanted to make the setup as professional as possible Samuels says Much as the lads
wanted to play football they wouldnt have bothered to turn up if Id only been offering them matches on local
park pitches So I made them all wear shirts and ties to travel ndash if anyone didnt have them I bought them for him
and if anyone refused to wear them they got sent home ndash and we played our first match against Ilkeston Town
Unity now runs three programmes ndash seniors aged 17-25 juniors aged 11-16 and girls aged 11-25 ndash and has more
than 800 young people on its books House Colour Red
Ada Lovelace
House Colour Green
Mr Samuels dedicated the MBE to
ldquoyoung people who have lost their
livesrdquo and to his family including his
daughter
Morris Samuels
Morris Samuels
Rebecca Adlington
House Colour Blue
An MBE Most Excellent Order of the British Empire is an award given by the Queen to an individual for outstanding service to the community or local hands on service
2
3
Contents
Timetable
Reading Log
Principalrsquos Reading 24th Feb
Principalrsquos Reading 2nd March
Principalrsquos Reading 9th March
Principalrsquos Reading 16th March
Principalrsquos Reading 23rd March
Principalrsquos Reading 30th March
Power writing template
Subject English
Subject Maths
Subject Science
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
16
18
20
Subject Geography
Subject History
Subject Spanish
Subject ICT
Subject Product Design 1
Subject Product Design 2
Subject Food Technology
Subject Art and Design
Subject Music
Subject Drama
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
4
Timetable Belong to BBA
Year 7 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
wb 24th Feb
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 2nd March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 9th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 16th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 23rd March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 30th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
ALL WEEKS
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
5
Reading Log
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
wb 24th Feb
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 2nd March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 9th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 16th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 23rd March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_______________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 30th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Belong to BBA
6
Principalrsquos Reading
7
Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb
Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the
sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo
Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b
October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and
Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958
Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance
interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold
medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic
impression from all nine Olympic judges
Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with
other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was
the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice
dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable
dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk
and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British
national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for
artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such
marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the
Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs
they won the first of four consecutive world championships in
1981
Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the
subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned
professional
Belong to BBA
8
Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March
The MRI Scanner
Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of
Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance
Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world
Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to
physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in
2015
He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to
become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University
of Nottingham in 1964
In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was
during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the
invention of the MRI scanner
Expert quotes
ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by
making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only
recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration
he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo
ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they
have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what
Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the
betterrsquorsquo
ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left
an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to
change the worldrdquo
Belong to BBA
9
Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March
The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to
Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands
in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the
thirteenth century
The Willoughbys acquired various other properties
through marriage and purchase chief among which
were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in
Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the
Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth
century
Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building
of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and
the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law
Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)
husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a
descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From
then on the estate has passed in unbroken male
succession to the present day
Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the
1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton
Park Nottingham England The house is now
Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham
Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding
parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for
large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts
sporting events and festivals
Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural
sensation of its age though its builder was not a
leading courtier and its construction stretched the
resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the
original family home was at the bottom of the hill
Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud
ambitious heaps
Belong to BBA
10
Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March
Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history
that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller
Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists
Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional
funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides
One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in
Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows
for sure exactly how it got its name
Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when
the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham
The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were
driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose
was a traditional Michaelmas treat
The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but
moved to early October in 1752
Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of
the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last
century
In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three
days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four
days
It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market
Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the
1920s
Belong to BBA
11
Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March
The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market
Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British
Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial
architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in
the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for
storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian
with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings
old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through
walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams
Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was
designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a
notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working
conditions in his factories
There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High
Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of
Justice and St Marys Church
The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became
Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city
predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is
believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed
in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular
architecture
Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional
industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace
market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its
peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working
population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories
becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has
undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial
regeneration
Belong to BBA
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
2
3
Contents
Timetable
Reading Log
Principalrsquos Reading 24th Feb
Principalrsquos Reading 2nd March
Principalrsquos Reading 9th March
Principalrsquos Reading 16th March
Principalrsquos Reading 23rd March
Principalrsquos Reading 30th March
Power writing template
Subject English
Subject Maths
Subject Science
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
16
18
20
Subject Geography
Subject History
Subject Spanish
Subject ICT
Subject Product Design 1
Subject Product Design 2
Subject Food Technology
Subject Art and Design
Subject Music
Subject Drama
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
4
Timetable Belong to BBA
Year 7 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
wb 24th Feb
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 2nd March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 9th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 16th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 23rd March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 30th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
ALL WEEKS
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
5
Reading Log
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
wb 24th Feb
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 2nd March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 9th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 16th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 23rd March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_______________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 30th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Belong to BBA
6
Principalrsquos Reading
7
Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb
Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the
sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo
Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b
October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and
Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958
Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance
interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold
medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic
impression from all nine Olympic judges
Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with
other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was
the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice
dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable
dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk
and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British
national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for
artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such
marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the
Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs
they won the first of four consecutive world championships in
1981
Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the
subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned
professional
Belong to BBA
8
Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March
The MRI Scanner
Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of
Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance
Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world
Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to
physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in
2015
He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to
become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University
of Nottingham in 1964
In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was
during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the
invention of the MRI scanner
Expert quotes
ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by
making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only
recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration
he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo
ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they
have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what
Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the
betterrsquorsquo
ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left
an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to
change the worldrdquo
Belong to BBA
9
Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March
The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to
Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands
in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the
thirteenth century
The Willoughbys acquired various other properties
through marriage and purchase chief among which
were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in
Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the
Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth
century
Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building
of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and
the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law
Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)
husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a
descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From
then on the estate has passed in unbroken male
succession to the present day
Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the
1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton
Park Nottingham England The house is now
Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham
Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding
parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for
large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts
sporting events and festivals
Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural
sensation of its age though its builder was not a
leading courtier and its construction stretched the
resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the
original family home was at the bottom of the hill
Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud
ambitious heaps
Belong to BBA
10
Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March
Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history
that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller
Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists
Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional
funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides
One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in
Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows
for sure exactly how it got its name
Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when
the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham
The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were
driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose
was a traditional Michaelmas treat
The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but
moved to early October in 1752
Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of
the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last
century
In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three
days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four
days
It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market
Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the
1920s
Belong to BBA
11
Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March
The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market
Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British
Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial
architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in
the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for
storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian
with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings
old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through
walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams
Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was
designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a
notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working
conditions in his factories
There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High
Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of
Justice and St Marys Church
The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became
Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city
predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is
believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed
in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular
architecture
Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional
industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace
market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its
peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working
population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories
becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has
undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial
regeneration
Belong to BBA
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
3
Contents
Timetable
Reading Log
Principalrsquos Reading 24th Feb
Principalrsquos Reading 2nd March
Principalrsquos Reading 9th March
Principalrsquos Reading 16th March
Principalrsquos Reading 23rd March
Principalrsquos Reading 30th March
Power writing template
Subject English
Subject Maths
Subject Science
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
16
18
20
Subject Geography
Subject History
Subject Spanish
Subject ICT
Subject Product Design 1
Subject Product Design 2
Subject Food Technology
Subject Art and Design
Subject Music
Subject Drama
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
4
Timetable Belong to BBA
Year 7 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
wb 24th Feb
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 2nd March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 9th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 16th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 23rd March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 30th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
ALL WEEKS
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
5
Reading Log
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
wb 24th Feb
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 2nd March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 9th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 16th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 23rd March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_______________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 30th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Belong to BBA
6
Principalrsquos Reading
7
Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb
Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the
sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo
Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b
October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and
Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958
Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance
interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold
medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic
impression from all nine Olympic judges
Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with
other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was
the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice
dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable
dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk
and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British
national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for
artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such
marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the
Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs
they won the first of four consecutive world championships in
1981
Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the
subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned
professional
Belong to BBA
8
Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March
The MRI Scanner
Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of
Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance
Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world
Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to
physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in
2015
He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to
become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University
of Nottingham in 1964
In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was
during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the
invention of the MRI scanner
Expert quotes
ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by
making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only
recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration
he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo
ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they
have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what
Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the
betterrsquorsquo
ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left
an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to
change the worldrdquo
Belong to BBA
9
Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March
The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to
Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands
in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the
thirteenth century
The Willoughbys acquired various other properties
through marriage and purchase chief among which
were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in
Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the
Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth
century
Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building
of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and
the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law
Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)
husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a
descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From
then on the estate has passed in unbroken male
succession to the present day
Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the
1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton
Park Nottingham England The house is now
Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham
Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding
parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for
large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts
sporting events and festivals
Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural
sensation of its age though its builder was not a
leading courtier and its construction stretched the
resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the
original family home was at the bottom of the hill
Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud
ambitious heaps
Belong to BBA
10
Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March
Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history
that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller
Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists
Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional
funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides
One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in
Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows
for sure exactly how it got its name
Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when
the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham
The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were
driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose
was a traditional Michaelmas treat
The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but
moved to early October in 1752
Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of
the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last
century
In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three
days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four
days
It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market
Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the
1920s
Belong to BBA
11
Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March
The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market
Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British
Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial
architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in
the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for
storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian
with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings
old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through
walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams
Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was
designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a
notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working
conditions in his factories
There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High
Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of
Justice and St Marys Church
The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became
Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city
predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is
believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed
in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular
architecture
Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional
industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace
market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its
peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working
population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories
becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has
undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial
regeneration
Belong to BBA
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
4
Timetable Belong to BBA
Year 7 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
wb 24th Feb
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 2nd March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 9th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 16th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 23rd March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
wb 30th March
English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)
Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson
ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading
For next week
ALL WEEKS
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
20 mins reading of your
own book
(record on Reading Log)
5
Reading Log
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
wb 24th Feb
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 2nd March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 9th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 16th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 23rd March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_______________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 30th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Belong to BBA
6
Principalrsquos Reading
7
Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb
Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the
sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo
Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b
October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and
Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958
Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance
interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold
medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic
impression from all nine Olympic judges
Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with
other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was
the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice
dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable
dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk
and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British
national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for
artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such
marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the
Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs
they won the first of four consecutive world championships in
1981
Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the
subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned
professional
Belong to BBA
8
Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March
The MRI Scanner
Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of
Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance
Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world
Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to
physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in
2015
He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to
become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University
of Nottingham in 1964
In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was
during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the
invention of the MRI scanner
Expert quotes
ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by
making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only
recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration
he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo
ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they
have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what
Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the
betterrsquorsquo
ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left
an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to
change the worldrdquo
Belong to BBA
9
Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March
The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to
Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands
in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the
thirteenth century
The Willoughbys acquired various other properties
through marriage and purchase chief among which
were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in
Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the
Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth
century
Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building
of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and
the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law
Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)
husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a
descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From
then on the estate has passed in unbroken male
succession to the present day
Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the
1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton
Park Nottingham England The house is now
Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham
Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding
parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for
large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts
sporting events and festivals
Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural
sensation of its age though its builder was not a
leading courtier and its construction stretched the
resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the
original family home was at the bottom of the hill
Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud
ambitious heaps
Belong to BBA
10
Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March
Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history
that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller
Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists
Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional
funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides
One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in
Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows
for sure exactly how it got its name
Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when
the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham
The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were
driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose
was a traditional Michaelmas treat
The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but
moved to early October in 1752
Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of
the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last
century
In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three
days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four
days
It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market
Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the
1920s
Belong to BBA
11
Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March
The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market
Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British
Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial
architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in
the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for
storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian
with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings
old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through
walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams
Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was
designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a
notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working
conditions in his factories
There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High
Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of
Justice and St Marys Church
The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became
Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city
predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is
believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed
in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular
architecture
Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional
industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace
market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its
peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working
population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories
becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has
undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial
regeneration
Belong to BBA
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
5
Reading Log
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
wb 24th Feb
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 2nd March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 9th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 16th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 23rd March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_______________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
wb 30th March
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed_________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed__________________
Read
For _________ minutes
Signed________________
Belong to BBA
6
Principalrsquos Reading
7
Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb
Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the
sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo
Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b
October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and
Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958
Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance
interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold
medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic
impression from all nine Olympic judges
Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with
other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was
the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice
dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable
dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk
and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British
national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for
artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such
marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the
Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs
they won the first of four consecutive world championships in
1981
Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the
subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned
professional
Belong to BBA
8
Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March
The MRI Scanner
Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of
Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance
Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world
Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to
physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in
2015
He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to
become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University
of Nottingham in 1964
In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was
during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the
invention of the MRI scanner
Expert quotes
ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by
making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only
recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration
he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo
ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they
have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what
Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the
betterrsquorsquo
ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left
an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to
change the worldrdquo
Belong to BBA
9
Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March
The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to
Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands
in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the
thirteenth century
The Willoughbys acquired various other properties
through marriage and purchase chief among which
were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in
Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the
Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth
century
Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building
of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and
the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law
Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)
husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a
descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From
then on the estate has passed in unbroken male
succession to the present day
Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the
1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton
Park Nottingham England The house is now
Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham
Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding
parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for
large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts
sporting events and festivals
Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural
sensation of its age though its builder was not a
leading courtier and its construction stretched the
resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the
original family home was at the bottom of the hill
Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud
ambitious heaps
Belong to BBA
10
Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March
Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history
that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller
Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists
Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional
funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides
One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in
Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows
for sure exactly how it got its name
Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when
the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham
The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were
driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose
was a traditional Michaelmas treat
The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but
moved to early October in 1752
Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of
the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last
century
In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three
days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four
days
It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market
Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the
1920s
Belong to BBA
11
Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March
The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market
Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British
Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial
architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in
the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for
storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian
with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings
old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through
walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams
Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was
designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a
notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working
conditions in his factories
There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High
Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of
Justice and St Marys Church
The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became
Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city
predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is
believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed
in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular
architecture
Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional
industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace
market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its
peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working
population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories
becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has
undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial
regeneration
Belong to BBA
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
6
Principalrsquos Reading
7
Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb
Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the
sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo
Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b
October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and
Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958
Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance
interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold
medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic
impression from all nine Olympic judges
Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with
other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was
the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice
dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable
dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk
and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British
national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for
artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such
marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the
Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs
they won the first of four consecutive world championships in
1981
Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the
subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned
professional
Belong to BBA
8
Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March
The MRI Scanner
Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of
Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance
Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world
Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to
physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in
2015
He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to
become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University
of Nottingham in 1964
In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was
during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the
invention of the MRI scanner
Expert quotes
ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by
making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only
recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration
he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo
ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they
have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what
Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the
betterrsquorsquo
ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left
an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to
change the worldrdquo
Belong to BBA
9
Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March
The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to
Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands
in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the
thirteenth century
The Willoughbys acquired various other properties
through marriage and purchase chief among which
were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in
Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the
Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth
century
Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building
of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and
the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law
Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)
husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a
descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From
then on the estate has passed in unbroken male
succession to the present day
Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the
1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton
Park Nottingham England The house is now
Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham
Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding
parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for
large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts
sporting events and festivals
Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural
sensation of its age though its builder was not a
leading courtier and its construction stretched the
resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the
original family home was at the bottom of the hill
Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud
ambitious heaps
Belong to BBA
10
Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March
Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history
that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller
Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists
Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional
funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides
One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in
Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows
for sure exactly how it got its name
Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when
the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham
The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were
driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose
was a traditional Michaelmas treat
The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but
moved to early October in 1752
Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of
the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last
century
In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three
days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four
days
It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market
Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the
1920s
Belong to BBA
11
Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March
The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market
Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British
Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial
architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in
the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for
storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian
with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings
old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through
walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams
Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was
designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a
notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working
conditions in his factories
There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High
Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of
Justice and St Marys Church
The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became
Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city
predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is
believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed
in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular
architecture
Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional
industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace
market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its
peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working
population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories
becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has
undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial
regeneration
Belong to BBA
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
7
Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb
Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the
sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo
Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b
October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and
Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958
Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance
interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold
medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic
impression from all nine Olympic judges
Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with
other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was
the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice
dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable
dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk
and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British
national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for
artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such
marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the
Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs
they won the first of four consecutive world championships in
1981
Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the
subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned
professional
Belong to BBA
8
Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March
The MRI Scanner
Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of
Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance
Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world
Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to
physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in
2015
He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to
become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University
of Nottingham in 1964
In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was
during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the
invention of the MRI scanner
Expert quotes
ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by
making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only
recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration
he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo
ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they
have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what
Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the
betterrsquorsquo
ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left
an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to
change the worldrdquo
Belong to BBA
9
Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March
The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to
Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands
in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the
thirteenth century
The Willoughbys acquired various other properties
through marriage and purchase chief among which
were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in
Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the
Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth
century
Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building
of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and
the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law
Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)
husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a
descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From
then on the estate has passed in unbroken male
succession to the present day
Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the
1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton
Park Nottingham England The house is now
Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham
Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding
parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for
large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts
sporting events and festivals
Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural
sensation of its age though its builder was not a
leading courtier and its construction stretched the
resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the
original family home was at the bottom of the hill
Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud
ambitious heaps
Belong to BBA
10
Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March
Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history
that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller
Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists
Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional
funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides
One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in
Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows
for sure exactly how it got its name
Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when
the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham
The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were
driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose
was a traditional Michaelmas treat
The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but
moved to early October in 1752
Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of
the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last
century
In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three
days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four
days
It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market
Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the
1920s
Belong to BBA
11
Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March
The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market
Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British
Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial
architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in
the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for
storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian
with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings
old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through
walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams
Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was
designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a
notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working
conditions in his factories
There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High
Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of
Justice and St Marys Church
The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became
Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city
predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is
believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed
in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular
architecture
Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional
industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace
market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its
peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working
population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories
becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has
undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial
regeneration
Belong to BBA
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
8
Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March
The MRI Scanner
Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of
Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance
Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world
Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to
physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in
2015
He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to
become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University
of Nottingham in 1964
In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was
during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the
invention of the MRI scanner
Expert quotes
ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by
making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only
recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration
he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo
ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they
have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what
Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the
betterrsquorsquo
ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left
an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to
change the worldrdquo
Belong to BBA
9
Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March
The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to
Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands
in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the
thirteenth century
The Willoughbys acquired various other properties
through marriage and purchase chief among which
were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in
Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the
Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth
century
Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building
of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and
the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law
Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)
husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a
descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From
then on the estate has passed in unbroken male
succession to the present day
Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the
1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton
Park Nottingham England The house is now
Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham
Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding
parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for
large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts
sporting events and festivals
Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural
sensation of its age though its builder was not a
leading courtier and its construction stretched the
resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the
original family home was at the bottom of the hill
Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud
ambitious heaps
Belong to BBA
10
Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March
Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history
that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller
Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists
Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional
funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides
One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in
Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows
for sure exactly how it got its name
Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when
the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham
The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were
driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose
was a traditional Michaelmas treat
The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but
moved to early October in 1752
Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of
the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last
century
In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three
days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four
days
It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market
Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the
1920s
Belong to BBA
11
Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March
The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market
Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British
Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial
architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in
the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for
storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian
with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings
old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through
walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams
Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was
designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a
notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working
conditions in his factories
There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High
Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of
Justice and St Marys Church
The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became
Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city
predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is
believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed
in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular
architecture
Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional
industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace
market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its
peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working
population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories
becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has
undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial
regeneration
Belong to BBA
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
9
Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March
The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to
Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands
in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the
thirteenth century
The Willoughbys acquired various other properties
through marriage and purchase chief among which
were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in
Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the
Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth
century
Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building
of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and
the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law
Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)
husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a
descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From
then on the estate has passed in unbroken male
succession to the present day
Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the
1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton
Park Nottingham England The house is now
Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham
Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding
parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for
large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts
sporting events and festivals
Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural
sensation of its age though its builder was not a
leading courtier and its construction stretched the
resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the
original family home was at the bottom of the hill
Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud
ambitious heaps
Belong to BBA
10
Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March
Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history
that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller
Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists
Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional
funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides
One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in
Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows
for sure exactly how it got its name
Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when
the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham
The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were
driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose
was a traditional Michaelmas treat
The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but
moved to early October in 1752
Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of
the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last
century
In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three
days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four
days
It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market
Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the
1920s
Belong to BBA
11
Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March
The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market
Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British
Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial
architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in
the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for
storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian
with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings
old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through
walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams
Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was
designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a
notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working
conditions in his factories
There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High
Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of
Justice and St Marys Church
The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became
Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city
predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is
believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed
in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular
architecture
Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional
industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace
market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its
peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working
population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories
becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has
undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial
regeneration
Belong to BBA
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
10
Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March
Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history
that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller
Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists
Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional
funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides
One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in
Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows
for sure exactly how it got its name
Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when
the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham
The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were
driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose
was a traditional Michaelmas treat
The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but
moved to early October in 1752
Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of
the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last
century
In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three
days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four
days
It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market
Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the
1920s
Belong to BBA
11
Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March
The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market
Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British
Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial
architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in
the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for
storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian
with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings
old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through
walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams
Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was
designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a
notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working
conditions in his factories
There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High
Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of
Justice and St Marys Church
The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became
Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city
predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is
believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed
in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular
architecture
Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional
industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace
market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its
peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working
population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories
becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has
undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial
regeneration
Belong to BBA
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
11
Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March
The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market
Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British
Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial
architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in
the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for
storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian
with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings
old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through
walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams
Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was
designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a
notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working
conditions in his factories
There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High
Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of
Justice and St Marys Church
The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became
Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city
predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is
believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed
in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular
architecture
Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional
industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace
market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its
peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working
population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories
becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has
undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial
regeneration
Belong to BBA
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
12
Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March
Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron
A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and
parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic
house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord
Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore
including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments
The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres
with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal
gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons
from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the
Japanese maples in autumn
Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John
Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it
was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial
difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -
even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any
money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford
even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he
moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some
of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict
During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric
household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the
Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and
abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore
them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities
There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol
shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded
bed and a tame bear
Belong to BBA
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
13
200 Word Challenges
Power 1
Power 2
Power 3 Power 3
Power 2 Power 2
Power 3
Power Plus
Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process
This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather
than what you are writing
Power 1mdashyour main idea
Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas
Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea
Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices
Belong to BBA
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
14
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
15
Knowledge Organiser
Subjects
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
16
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Pathetic Fallacy
In literature the attribution of
human feelings and characteris-
tics to inanimate things ( Ex the
angry sea a stubborn door)
Personification
Using human characteristics to
describe things (Ex the trees
sighed)
Tension
A feeling of worry or anxiety
which makes it difficult for you to
relax
Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the
general impression you get of it
Protagonist
The main character or people in a
novel
Antagonist
A person who competes with the
main character often known as
the lsquovillainrsquo of a text
Setting
A particular setting is a place or
type of surroundings where
something is or takes place
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Eerie Strange and frightening
Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain
Vulnerable Weak and without protection
Unreliable Cannot be trusted
Isolated A long wat away from large towns
Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained
according to natural science
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised
path which crosses water or land when the tide is out
when the tide is in the path cannot be used
_______________________________________________
Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a
dream about the place where the narrator used to live
The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self
with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and
moss The trees had thrown out low branches making
an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked
like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst
this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had
been landmarks in our time things of culture and
grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous
No hand had checked their progress and they had
gone native now rearing to monster height without a
bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that
grew beside them
Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Typical genre features
1 Death and darkness
2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)
3 Focus on body parts
4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)
emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense
Archetypal characters
1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts
2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male
3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires
4 Powerful tyrannical male figures
5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves
Typical settings
1 Wild landscapes
2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys
3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments
4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters
intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
17
Year 7 English
wb 24th February
Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For
example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in
lessons
wb 2nd March
Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You
might need to use a thesaurus
Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and
lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc
wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an
explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why
wb 16th March
Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what
you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory
language
wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting
wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound
Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
18
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Axis The name for the grid we draw
graphs on
Origin The centre of a graph It has the
coordinate (00)
Coordinate The position on a graph measured
from the origin
x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the
origin
y-coordinate The vertical distance from the
origin
Reflection A mirror image of an object when
reflected in a line or a plane
Rotation The image created when a shape
is turned around a known point
Translation The image created when a shape
is moved to a new position
Enlargement Making an object bigger or
smaller by using a scale factor
Scale Factor The number you have to multiply
by when enlarging a shape
Translation Vector A vector that says how far to
move an object in a horizontal or
vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Centre The middle point
Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a
clock
Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction
to a clock
Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon
Vertical line A line perpendicular to the
horizon
Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
How would you draw the
line with the equation y=1
Coordinates are in the form (xy)
Therefore to draw the line y=1
all the y-coordinates must be 1
Plotting and connecting the
points (31) (51) and (-21)
would create the line y=1
How would you draw the
line with equation x=2
What information do
you need to rotate a
shape
1 The centre of rotation
2 The angle of rotation
3 The direction of
rotation
What information do
you need to reflect a
shape
A mirror line
What information do
you need to translate a
shape
A translation vector
What information do
you need to enlarge a
shape
A centre of enlargement
A scale factor
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-
tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given
Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the
scale factor of the enlargement below
Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
19
Year 7 Maths
wb 24th February
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be
defined ashellip
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199
wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821
wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652
wb 16th March
Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip
(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650
wb 23rd March
Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape
Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)
wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3
Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
20
Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Gravitational
store
Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth
Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change
Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object
Nuclear store
Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus
Energy The potential to do work
Dissipation (of
energy)
The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful
Chemical store
Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds
Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object
Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet
Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges
Renewable
energy
Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power
Non-renewable
energy
Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)
Transfer Moving from place to place
Fossil fuel
Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
1 Name five energy stores
1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic
2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy
2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another
3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred
3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation
4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas
5 Name three renewable energy sources
5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power
6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas
6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea
7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car
7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store
8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun
8 Energy is transferred via radiation
9 Where do people get their energy from
9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat
10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power
10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
21
Year 7 Science
wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy
wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1
wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2
wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3
wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4
wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer
the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
22
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Drought A longer than normal period of
low rainfall
Famine An extreme shortage of food
often caused by a drought
Nomads People who rear animals and
travel with them to find grazing
Sparsely populated An area which has a low
population often in rural
locations
Densely populated An area which has a high
population often in urban
locations
Developing
countries
A country with low human
development eg Somalia
Rural to urban
migration
The movement from rural areas
to urban areas
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Migration The movement of people
Rural Geographical term for the
countryside
Urban Geographical term for towns
cities
Stakeholders A person or a group of people
who have a particular interest in
something eg
environmentalists
Tropics A region of the earth surrounding
the equator
Population The amount of people in one
area
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Figure 1
1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges
(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1
paragraph
Figure 2
2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population
density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint
use TEA
Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2a Key Fact Questions
1 What is the largest city in Africa
2 How many people make up a megacity
3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa
4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa
5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa
6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa
7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa
8 Where is Lake Naivasha located
9 What is flower farming
10 What is fair trade
Section 2b Thinking Questions
Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges
(problems) caused by a drought
Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower
farming in Kenya
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
23
Year 7 Geography
wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical
sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city
wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week
2) and improve it
wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one
paragraph
wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word
answers is all you need
wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers
using chains of reasonings
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
24
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Buboes Huge boils that developed in the
armpits neck and groin due to
the bubonic plague
Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from
buboes or by rodents carrying
the plague bacteria
Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-
ed Eastern Europe from 395-
1453
Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-
piremdash224 to 651 AD This was
around modern day Iran
Caliph The title given to the ruler of all
Muslim people in the middle
ages
The Crusades There were many of these in the
middle ages These were Chris-
tian armies sent from Europe to
fight for holy lands such as Jeru-
salem
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders
Arabic An ancient language spoken by
people in parts of North Africa
and the Middle-East
Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash
a journey to a holy site
Empire A large area made up of many
countries but controlled by just
one
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born
2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling
shot
3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached
4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages
5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages
6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099
7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during
the Crusades
8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England
9 What nickname was given to Saladin
10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world
Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions
Questions
1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of
the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining
whether you agree or disagree with this statement
2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)
Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade
This source supports Richard I How do you know
Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
25
Year 7 History
wb 24th February
SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate
sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful
becausehellip
wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers
using historical words such as causes consequences significant
wb 9th March
Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen
penrsquo task in lesson
wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in
as much detail as you can
wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A
wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all
you need
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
26
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
En mi familia hay In my family there isthere
are
Mis padres My parents
Mi madre My mum
Mi padre My dad
Mi abuelo My grandad
Mi abuela My grandma
Mi bisabuela My great-grandma
Mi tiacuteo My uncle
Mi tiacutea My aunty
Mis primos My cousins
Mis amigos My friends
Una casa A house
Un piso A flat
antiguoa old
bonitoa nice
coacutemodoa comfortable
grande big
pequentildeoa small
El norte The north
El sur The south
El este The east
El oeste The west
Section 3 CAF Style Questions
1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for
each sentence
Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]
2 Translate the following text into English
Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me
gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-
mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama
Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela
tiene el pelo rubio
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers
iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes
Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)
azules (blue)
grises (grey)
marrones (brown)
verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)
iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like
Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)
castantildeo (brown)
rubio (blond)
negro (black)
liso (straight)
rizado (curly)
largo (long)
corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)
iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like
Es (he she ishellip)
altoa (tall)
bajoa (short)
delgadoa (slim)
gordoa (fat)
joven (young)
viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)
iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it
Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)
el campo (the country-side)
la costa (the coast)
una ciudad (a town)
el desierto (the desert)
la montantildea (the mountain)
un pueblo (a village)
Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
27
Year 7 Spanish
wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family
there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes
and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2
wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto
Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you
wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the
west) for a vocab check in your next lesson
wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence
wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
28
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3
Vocabulary Definition
Computational Thinking
Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms
Abstraction
Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler
Decomposition
A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand
Pattern Recognition
Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year
Programming
constructs
Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration
Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps
Selection
A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements
IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo
Iteration
Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration
FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times
WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower
Tier 2 Vocabular
y Definition
Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task
Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running
Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean
Flowchart
A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step
Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language
Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs
Section 3
1 What is the data type for each of the
following
A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo
2 What is an algorithm
3 Give an example of an algorithm
used by humans
4 Give an example of an algorithm
used by a machine
5 What is a variable
6 What datatype would you use to
store a phone number
7 Find an example of abstraction in
real life and explain it
8 Give an example for each data type
in the table in column 2
9 Draw a flowchart for deciding
whether you need to take a coat with
you Label where you have used the
programming constructs
Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2
Section 2 Key Facts
Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made
up of ordered sequences of characters
What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2
6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it
What can the arithmetic operations do
Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)
Data types
Flowchart symbols
Data type Description Sample data
INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17
REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers
1765
CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol
$
STRING
Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be
Bitesize
BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false
True
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
29
Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking
wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1
wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3
wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3
wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible
wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you
need
wb 30th March
Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions
tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as
possible
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
30
Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2
Belong to BBA
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition
Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has
width and height but no thickness
Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object
Perspective The art of representing three-
dimensional objects on a two-
dimensional surface
Illusion Something that is false or not real
but seems to be true or real
Horizon The viewers eye line
Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which
all objects vanish
Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing
Typography The style arrangement or
appearance of printed letters on a
page
Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition
Distance The length and space of two points
Surface The surface of something is the flat
top part of it or the outside of it
Height The measurement of someone or
something from head to foot or
from base to top
Width The measurement or extent of
something from side to side the
lesser of two or the least of three
Depth
The distance from the top or
surface to the bottom of
something
Object
A material thing that can be seen
and touched
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
Study the Creative Typography below Look how the
designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up
each of the letters of the word FOOD
The other examples have taken the subject of the
word and used imagery to represent them
Task Create your name in creative typography
Think about using images which best represent you
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
1 What is typography
2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the
distance
3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to
you
4 What does perspective create
5 What is illusion
6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing
7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of
8 Explain the technique of sketching
9 When drawing an object what is tone
10 What is form
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
31
Year 7 Product Design 1
Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance
How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you
Week 2 What is illusion
Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective
Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for
Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card
An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old
Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your
answer
Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief
Week 8 How do you create two point perspective
What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen
Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
32
Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you
have used the try square during your DT lessons
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Vocabulary Definition
Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as
in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo
Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the
problem involves what needs to be looked at
(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice
Client A person whom the designer is making the product for
and they may be different to the end user or consumer
For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and
Spencer etc
Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their
intended purpose
Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design
problem is
Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of
the final design product what other people think of it
and what you would change if you were to repeat the
design task
Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it
works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could
be done using CAD
Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be
done how the product will be made which processes
get done first and the time needed for all of these
activities
Quality
Assurance
The guarantee a company can give that their product
will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests
carried out when the product was made
Quality
Control
Individual tests carried out to check the product is being
assembled correctly during production
Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash
facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts
are not thrown away
Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads
Function What the product is used for
Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its
job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough
Environment Where the product would be used
The try-square is pushed against the straight
edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is
then used to mark a straight line across the
material The line is continued all the way
around the wood (all four sides are marked)
method of marking materials helps if a joint is
to be cut or the end of the material is simply to
be sawn away
The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main
parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from
hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to
damage The stock is usually made from rosewood
although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or
cheap woods
A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight
edge
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions
Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the
tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
How do you use quality control and quality assurance while
producing your phone holder in the work shop
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for
making your phone holder
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________
Which of the following material is not a manufactured board
Pine
MDF
Plywood
Chipboard
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
33
Year 7 Product Design 2
Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence
Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your
answers fully
Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as
you can
Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as
you can
Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response
Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail
as you can
Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
34
Belong to BBA
Section 2 Important ideas
1What is the cause of
food poisoning
1The multiplication of harmful bacteria
2What demonstrates a
balanced diet
2The Eatwell Guide
3How do our bones and
teeth stay strong and
support our growth
3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese
butter milk
4 What does protein do
for the body
4 It helps with the growth and repair of
skin tissue and muscle
5 What helps to build the
bodyrsquos immune system
5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our
defences against disease and viruses
6 How can we maintain
good health through diet
6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the
section to help with portion sizes
7 What are the
consequences of not
following a balanced diet
7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart
disease high cholesterol high blood
pressure
8 What are the results of
deficiency in nutrients
8 Rickets from a lack of calcium
anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia
from a lack of iron
9What is the safest
method of cutting an
onion
9The bridge and claw method
10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or
cooking the food to a core temperature
of 72 degrees
11What are things to
change in your diet to be
more healthy
11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less
fat salt and sugar drink more water
donrsquot snack between meals
12 What is the cause of
blocked arteries
12 High cholesterol which can lead to
strokes
Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Obesity The state of being grossly overweight
Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because
they cannot be produced by the body
Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of
good health
Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)
required in large amounts in the diet
Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for
normal growth and development (vitamins and
minerals)
Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones
Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy
green vegetables
Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up
of amino acids essential for growth and repair
Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron
is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of
iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and
cereals
High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary
heart disease
Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal
products junk foods and ready meals
Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which
helps digestion
Diet The foods that a person regularly eats
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the
maintenance of life and for growth
Calories A type of energy consumed through food and
drink
Appearance How a product or dish looks
Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality
or effectiveness of a piece of work
Section 3 Possible examCAF-style
questions Bacteria
The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash
the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow
best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other
living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods
that bacteria love best include dairy products meat
poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need
moisture to grow
Fairtrade
What is Fairtrade Trade between
companies in developed countries and
producers in developing countries in
which fair prices are paid to the producers
supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a
significant positive impact in the world
Seasonal Foods
Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a
type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or
its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the
cheapest and the freshest on the market This is
usually when its flavour is at its best
Seasonal food is better for the climate
When your food travels around the world to get to
you it uses lots of energy which means lots of
greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits
and vegetables that are in season tend to also be
locally produced which means much less pollution
Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
35
Year 7 Food Homework
Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate
Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in
developing countries
Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the
environment
Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences
Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet
Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet
What can you do in order to prevent this
Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to
improve their diet and nutrition
Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to
sugar What could it prevent
Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked
Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you
use
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
36
Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to
make or design for them this is your
starting point
Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the
design brief it will give you a theme
Mood board
A collection of images to do with your
theme that can give you inspiration nor-
mally collected from the internet onto a
PowerPoint This is a form of secondary
research
Secondary research This is research that you do based on the
work of others You can look at other
artists and collect images and information
on them
Observational draw-
ing
This is looking at something that is in
front of you
Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate
drawing skills
Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an
image to help process the shape and pro-
portions within an image
Shading
Shading is where you use a pencil to add
tone to your work
Pattern
A series of shapes that are repeated
Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint
an image into a tile Then you ink the tile
up with a roller and print onto a piece of
paper
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing
an activity or using a technique
techniques How to use materials in the best way
Materials The equipment we use in art and design
Section 3
Symmetry
Construction lines
Grid drawing
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Facts about African Art
African art history has played a significant
role in shaping the culture and history of
the world
It started with rock art and cave paintings
found in South Africa over 75 million years
ago
African masks are part of their culture
they would be worn for ceremonies and
social events such as weddings and funerals
Masks would all have a spiritual meaning
Mask making would be passed from father
to son
African masks and patterns were decorated
in earthen colours these are colours that
are made from the natural environment
such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)
charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)
when ground down and mixed with liquid
Many 20th century artists have taken
inspiration from African art such as Picasso
Matisse and Modigliani
African patterns use lots of geometric
shapes that are repeated to make textiles
and clothing
African masks are
symmetrical this
means that they are
the same on both
sides So when you
draw a mask start by
drawing one side and
then do the other side
as a mirror image
When drawing you can use
construction lines to help you
map out where certain fea-
tures should be A construc-
tion line must be sketched so
that they can be rubbed out
later when making your
drawing more accurate
To create an accurate
drawing we can put a grid
over our image then draw
the same grid on a piece of
plain paper Now use the
grid to help you plot where
the outlines and the details
would be
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
37
Year 7 Art and Design
Week 1
Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down
and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions
Week 2
Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask
Week 3
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this
information from and what you would collect
Week 4
Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books
Week 5
Write down what an earthen colour is
What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from
Week 6
Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow
Week 7
Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing
Week 8
Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo
Week 9
Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
38
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin
Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm
Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them
Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes
TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings
Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume
Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom
Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully
Differentiate Recognise what makes something different
Section 3 CAF-style questions
Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player
throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the
song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so
popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song
progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer
Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions
The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands
Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
39
Year 7 Music
wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully
wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii
wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to
help you
wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
40
Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary
Tier 3 vocabulary Definition
Narration
Narration is the use of spoken
commentary to convey a story to
an audience
Vocal Expression
Vocal expression is how the actor
expresses their lines verbally The
same line can be said but given
different meaning with a different
expression
Sound Scape
A soundscape is a collection of
sounds created by either the
actors themselves or by some
form of percussion
Structure
Structure is the way in which
dramatic scenes are ordered and
sequenced on stage
Flashing Backwards
amp Forwards
Flash-forward is a device in
which the plot goes ahead of
time meaning a scene that
interrupts and takes the narrative
forward in time from the current
time in the story Generally a
flash-forward represents
expected or imagined events in
the future interjected into the
main plot revealing important
information to the story that has
yet to be brought to light It is the
opposite of a flashback which
reveals past events
Tier 2 vocabulary Definition
Communicate To share or exchange
information news or ideas
Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information
Vocal Expression
Try delivering the line
ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo
In the following tones of voice
1 With sadness
2 With excitement
3 With frustration
4 With anger
5 With happiness
Question Do any of them make more sense that others
Why Please explain
Spoken Language
Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama
The words you choose need to be just right for the character the
setting and the situation
Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to
different people Our language register should match the role so if
youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and
dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then
Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime
Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect
Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays
Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily
life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and
donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in
a Victorian drama would sound very strange
Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses
Questions
Reviewing your performance work
Key things to consider as part of your review
The techniques used and the impact that they had on the
performance
The actors use of physical movements and gestures
The actors use of facial expression
The actors use of their voice including projection diction
and vocal expression
The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse
The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines
Use of props and or token costume
The intended impact on the audience
The audiences response
Target Setting
When target setting you need to consider the following
1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance
work you need to improvendash be specific
2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to
achieve your target
3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement
4 Check your progress regularly
5 Outline what success will look like to help you to
track your progress
6 Be reflective and persistent
Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
41
Year 7 Drama
wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week
wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list
three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork
wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement
wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week
wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
42
Notes
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
43
Notes
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
44
Notes
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
45
Notes
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
46
Notes
47
Notes
48
47
Notes
48
48